TS6400 series
Online Manual
English
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Replacing a FINE Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Checking Ink Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Setting the Ink to be Used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Other device settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Quick Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Main Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Cannot Find Printer During Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 326
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 337
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 360
Colors Are Unclear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
1303. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
1304. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
1313. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
1003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
1430. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
1485. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
1650. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
1651. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
1682. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
1686. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
1687. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
1688. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
2110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
2113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
5B02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Using Online Manual
Operating Environment
Symbols Used in This Document
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
Printing Online Manual
Trademarks and Licenses
Screenshots in This Manual
9
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
10
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
11
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft Edge is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
12
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
13
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
14
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
15
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
16
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
17
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
18
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
19
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
20
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
21
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
22
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all
encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The
FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
23
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
24
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
25
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
26
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
27
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
28
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
29
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
• Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
◦ You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the
printer.
◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and
(Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
• Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
◦ While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
◦ If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
◦ In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
◦ Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
30
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Connecting with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
◦ For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
◦ For macOS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Handling Printer Configuration using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
31
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information
will be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even
after disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
32
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
33
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
Detect Same Printer Name
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Connecting with Wireless Direct
34
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item
Default
Network name(SSID)
Wi-Fi security
BJNPSETUP
Disable
IP address (IPv4)
IP address (IPv6)
Set printer name*
Enable/disable IPv6
Enable/disable WSD
Timeout setting
Enable/disable Bonjour
Service name
Auto setup
Auto setup
XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable
Enable
15 min.
Enable
Canon TS6400 series
Enable
LPR protocol setting
RAW protocol
Enable
LLMNR
Enable
PictBridge communication (Enable/disable communication) Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item
Default
Network name(SSID)
Password
DIRECT-abXX-TS6400series *1
YYYYYYYYYY *2
WPA2-PSK (AES)
Wi-Fi security
Connection request confirmation Displayed
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
35
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
36
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the printer's MAC address and the serial number by displaying on the LCD.
System information
37
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to
LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
38
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Press OK button on HOME screen.
4. Select Device settings and press OK button.
5. Select LAN settings and press OK button.
6. Select Print details and press OK button.
7. Select Yes and press OK button.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num- Item
ber
Description
Setting
1
Product Information
Product information
Product name
–
1-1
1-2
1-3
2
Product Name
ROM Version
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
–
ROM version
Serial Number
Network Diagnostics
Diagnostic Result
Result Codes
Serial number
Network diagnostics
Diagnostic result
Result codes
2-1
2-2
2-3
3
XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX
http://canon.com/ijnwt
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0 to 100 [%]
Result Code Details
Wireless LAN
Result code details
Wireless LAN
3-2
3-2-1
Infrastructure
Infrastructure
Signal Strength
Signal strength
39
3-2-2
Link Quality
Frequency
Link quality
0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3
Frequency
XX (GHz)
3-2-4
MAC Address
Connection
SSID
MAC address
Connection status
SSID
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
Active/Inactive
3-2-5
3-2-6
Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
XX (1 to 13)
3-2-7
Channel
Channel
3-2-8
Encryption
Encryption method
WEP key length (bits)
None/WEP/TKIP/AES
Inactive/128/64
3-2-9
WEP Key Length
Authentication
TCP/IPv4
3-2-10
3-2-11
3-2-12
3-2-13
3-2-14
3-2-15
3-2-16
Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
TCP/IPv4
Enable/Disable
IP Address
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Enable/Disable
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
TCP/IPv6
Subnet mask
Default gateway
TCP/IPv6
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17
3-2-18
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
Stateless Address1
Stateless address 1
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19
3-2-20
Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length XXX
1
Stateless Address2
Stateless address 2
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21
3-2-22
Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length XXX
2
Stateless Address3
Stateless address 3
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23
3-2-24
Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length XXX
3
Stateless Address4
Stateless address 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
40
3-2-25
3-2-26
Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length XXX
4
Default Gateway1
Default Gateway2
Default Gateway3
Default Gateway4
Default gateway 1
Default gateway 2
Default gateway 3
Default gateway 4
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27
3-2-28
3-2-29
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33
3-2-34
3-3
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active/Inactive
Security Protocol
Wireless Direct
Security method
ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
Enable/Disable
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
3-3-1
3-3-2
3-3-3
3-3-4
3-3-5
3-3-6
3-3-7
3-3-8
3-3-9
3-3-10
3-3-11
3-3-12
3-3-13
MAC Address
Connection
SSID
MAC address
Connection status
SSID
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
Active/Inactive
Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
Password
Password
Wireless Direct password
Channel
Channel
3
Encryption
Encryption method
AES
Authentication
TCP/IPv4
Authentication method WPA2-PSK
TCP/IPv4
Enable/Disable
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
TCP/IPv6
IP address
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Enable/Disable
Subnet mask
Default gateway
TCP/IPv6
Link Local Address
Link local address
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14
Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15
3-3-16
IPsec
IPsec setting
Active/Inactive
ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
Security Protocol
Security method
41
5
Other Settings
Printer Name
Other settings
Printer name
–
5-1
5-2
Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct (Up to 32 alphanumeric
characters)
5-4
WSD Printing
WSD Timeout
LPD Printing
RAW Printing
Bonjour
WSD printing setting
Timeout
Enable/Disable
5-5
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6
LPD printing setting
RAW printing setting
Bonjour setting
Enable/Disable
5-7
Enable/Disable
5-9
Enable/Disable
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name
Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
LLMNR
LLMNR setting
SNMP setting
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
SNMP
PictBridge Commun.
PictBridge Communica- Enable/Disable
tion
5-14
DNS Server
Obtain DNS server ad- Auto/Manual
dress automatically
5-15
5-16
Primary Server
Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Secondary Server
Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
Proxy Server
Proxy Address
Proxy Port
Proxy server setting
Proxy address
Enable/Disable
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21
Cert. Fin-
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
gerprt(SHA-256)
6
Bluetooth
Bluetooth settings
Bluetooth
–
6-1
6-3
Bluetooth Setting
Enable/Disable
Bluetooth Device Ad-
dress
Bluetooth device ad-
dress of the printer
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
6-5
Bluetooth Device Name Bluetooth device name XXXXXXXX
of the printer
42
7
Web Services
Web Services
–
7-1
Unsent Usage Logs
Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2
Usage Log Last Sent
Web Service Status
Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3
7-4
Registration status
Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
Log Transmission Sta- Transmission result
tus
Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/
Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
7-5
Subscription Informa-
tion
Subscription Informa-
tion
Subscription agreement information (Printed with or without
subscription agreement)
7-5-1
7-5-2
Subscription Ink
Remaining Offline
Prints
7-5-3
7-5-4
Installed Cartridge Type
Online Support
Support page URL for
If you have a subscription contract, please check the con-
subscription contractors tractor-only support page.
only (If mentioned)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
43
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
• For Windows:
◦ See Changing the Connection Mode.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy wireless
connect mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press and hold
(Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Follow instructions on your computer, smartphone/tablet.
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, press OK button.
• For macOS:
See Changing the Connection Mode.
44
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Follow the procedure below to set up and use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button on HOME screen.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
6. Select Advanced mode and press the OK button.
7. Check displayed message, select Next and press the OK button.
8. Select ON and press the OK button.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
• To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF.
45
• The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
are using, no password is required.
• When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name from
your device.
• To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
1. Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Press the OK button on HOME screen.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
6. Select Connect to smartphone and press the OK button.
7. To connect with an iPhone/iPad, select iPhone/iPad. To connect with a non-iPhone/iPad,
select Others and press the OK button.
• iPhone/iPad
1. Check displayed message and select Next.
2. Scan the displayed QR code with the iPhone/iPad standard camera app.
The iPhone/iPad is connected to the printer.
Note
• If the iPhone/iPad and printer cannot be connected, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
• Others
1. Check displayed message and select Next.
2. To show the password, select ON. To hide the password, select OFF.
Network name(SSID) and Password are displayed.
46
Note
• The password is required when connecting smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer.
3. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-TS6400series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) on your
smartphone/tablet/computer.
Note
• If "DIRECT-XXXX-TS6400series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not
enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
4. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Connection request
confirmation of Changing Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible
device connects to the printer, a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect
is displayed on the printer LCD.
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication
device and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. Download it from
App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Make sure the printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button on HOME screen.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
6. Select a setting item and press the OK button.
Scroll down if necessary.
• Show setting info
47
A confirmation screen is displayed whether you want to display password information.
When you select ON or OFF, the setting values for using the printer with Wireless Direct are
displayed.
The setting values for using the printer with Wireless Direct are displayed.
• Change network name (SSID)
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦ To set manually
1. Select Change manually and press the OK button.
The input screen is displayed.
2. Enter the identifier or printer name.
Press
button to enter the identifier (SSID) value one column at a time and press
OK button.
Press
(Wireless connect) button to change the type of characters to enter
(uppercase / lowercase, numbers, symbols).
One character can be erased by pressing the Stop button.
3. Confirm the input contents and press the Start button.
◦ To set automatically
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
3. To show the password, select ON and to hide the password, select OFF and press OK
button.
You can check the updated setting.
• Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦ To set manually.
1. Select Change manually and press the OK button.
The input screen is displayed.
2. Enter the new password (10 characters).
Press
button to enter the password value one column at a time and press OK
button.
Press
(Wireless connect) button to change the type of characters to enter
(uppercase / lowercase, numbers).
One character can be erased by pressing the Stop button.
3. Confirm the input contents and press the Start button.
◦ To set automatically
48
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.
3. To show the password, select ON and to hide the password, select OFF and press OK
button.
You can check the updated setting.
• Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select ON and press the OK button.
Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
49
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
50
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use IJ Network Device Setup Utility for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which IJ Network Device Setup Utility is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility repairs the
status of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer at
the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility while printing is in progress.
51
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility as shown below.
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the Start screen to start IJ
Network Device Setup Utility. If IJ Network Device Setup Utility is not displayed on the Start screen,
select the Search charm and search for "IJ Network Device Setup Utility".
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, IJ Network
Device Setup Utility, and then IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, a message appears. Check the message and select
Yes. The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:
Performing/Changing Network Settings
52
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
53
Performing/Changing Network Settings
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Performing Network Settings
54
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
The screen below appears when you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available
Indicates the printer is available.
• Setup Completed
55
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
• Requires Setup
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• Not Set
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• IP Address Overlap
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
• Unknown
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using IJ Network Device Setup Utility on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi,
Wi-Fi is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto
56
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
• Manual
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
This section describes menus on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
57
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
58
Performing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Assigning Printer Information
59
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device
Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the
icon allows you to perform/change settings.
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
60
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4 settings
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
61
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
62
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi
network using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using IJ Network Device
Setup Utility. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
• Clicking the
icon allows you to perform/change settings.
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
63
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦ Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦ Direct
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on
step 4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
64
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to.
For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
• IPv4 settings
Note
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
65
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings
Note
• If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
66
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.
67
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility
screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1. Start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.
3. Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to assign location name and device name.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8. Click Set.
68
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
69
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
70
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
71
Handling Paper, Originals, FINE Cartridges, etc.
Loading Paper
Loading Originals
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
72
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
73
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the rear tray (A) and cassette (B).
Rear tray
You can load all supported paper such as plain paper and photo paper on the rear tray.
Supported Media Types
Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media
type, the printer may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print
quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
74
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
You can also load envelopes on the rear tray.
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
Important
• If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a
paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
Check3
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Scratched.
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
• When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
75
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
76
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G).
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
77
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
LCD.
8. If page size and media type on LCD match size and type of paper loaded in rear tray, select
OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded paper.
9. Pull out the paper output tray (H) and open the paper output support (I).
78
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
79
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
You can load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Note
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
Check3
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Scratched.
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
2. Pull out the cassette (A) from the printer.
3. Remove the cassette cover (B).
80
4. Slide paper guides (C) in front and (D) on right to open guides.
5. Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in
center of cassette.
Important
• Always load paper in portrait orientation (E). Loading paper in landscape orientation (F) can cause
paper jams.
Note
• Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette as shown in the figure below.
81
If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (G), the paper may not be fed properly.
6. Slide front paper guide (C) to align it with paper stack.
Align paper guide with where it clicks into place.
7. Slide right paper guide (D) to align it with paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guide too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (H).
• Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (I) of the paper guides.
82
8. Mount cassette cover (B) and insert cassette into printer.
Push the cassette into the printer until it stops.
9. Pull out the paper output tray (J) and open the paper output support (K).
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
• When the cassette is pulled out, it automatically extends. To shorten the extended cassette, push it in
while pulling lever (L).
83
84
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 on the rear tray.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device is not
supported.
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2. Open rear tray cover (A). Pull straight up and fold back paper support (B).
85
3. Open the feed slot cover (C).
4. Slide right paper guide (D) to open both paper guides.
5. Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
6. Slide right paper guide (D) to align with both sides of envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
86
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (E).
7. Close feed slot cover (C) gently.
After closing the feed slot cover, the paper setting confirmation screen for the rear tray appears on the
LCD.
87
8. If page size and media type shown on LCD match size and type of envelopes loaded in rear
tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the settings in accordance with the size and type of the loaded
envelopes.
9. Pull out the paper output tray (F) and open the paper output support (G).
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
88
Loading Originals
Loading Originals on Platen
Supported Originals
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
89
Loading Originals on Platen
1. Open the document cover.
2. Load original WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.
Align the corner of the original with the alignment mark
Supported Originals
.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen.
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing
down the original.
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).
90
3. Close the document cover gently.
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or
scan.
91
Supported Originals
Item
Details
Types of originals
• Text document, magazine, or newspaper
• Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height)
Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Note
• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document
cover from the printer.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
92
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.
Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover
vertically as illustrated below.
93
94
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Ink Tips
95
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the error message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the
error. In this state, the printer cannot print or scan. Check the error message and take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace a FINE cartridge, follow the procedure below.
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts (A) or print head nozzle (B) on a FINE cartridge. The printer may
not print properly if you touch them.
• If you remove a FINE cartridge, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the FINE
cartridge removed.
• Use a new FINE cartridge for replacement. Installing a used FINE cartridge may cause the nozzles to
clog.
Furthermore, with such a FINE cartridge, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the
FINE cartridge properly.
Note
• For Windows, if a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, you can print with either color or black FINE
cartridge, in whichever ink remains, only for a while.
For information on how to configure this setting, see below.
Setting the Ink to be Used
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-
white printing is specified.
Both color ink and black ink are also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the
print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When ink runs out,
replace the FINE cartridge immediately with a new one.
Ink Tips
1. Check that printer is turned on.
96
2. Open the scanning unit / cover.
The FINE cartridge holder moves to the replacement position.
Important
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
3. Remove the empty FINE cartridge.
1. Pick up the ink cartridge locking cover to open it.
2. Remove the FINE cartridge.
97
4. Prepare a new FINE cartridge.
1. Take new FINE cartridge out of its package and remove protective tape (C) gently.
Important
• Do not touch the electrical contacts or print head nozzle on a FINE cartridge. The printer may
not print properly if you touch them.
5. Install the FINE cartridge.
1. Insert the new FINE cartridge into the FINE cartridge holder.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
2. Close the ink cartridge locking cover to secure theFINE cartridge.
Push the ink cartridge locking cover fully until a "click" sound is heard.
98
6. Close the scanning unit / cover.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.
Caution
• When closing the scanning unit / cover, be careful not to get your fingers caught.
Note
• If the error message appears on the LCD after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take
appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
99
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button.
Note
• A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
3. Select Estimated ink levels.
A symbol is displayed on top of the FINE Cartridge (area B) where there is a notification.
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink cartridge.
The resulting print quality may not be satisfactory, if printing is continued under this condition.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
• Select Order ink now and press the QR button to display the QR code and access the ink
purchasing site. Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
• You can check the model number of the FINE cartridge by selecting Ink model number.
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
For Windows:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
For macOS:
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
100
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. It is used for cleaning to keep the printing clean. To
keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition. A
small amount of ink is consumed when cleaning.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
101
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Manually
102
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the FINE cartridge. This can cause trouble with the FINE cartridge.
Note
• Check if ink remains in the FINE cartridge.
Checking the Ink Status on the LCD
• Check if the FINE cartridge is installed correctly.
Replacing Procedure
Also check if the protective tape on the bottom of the FINE cartridge is removed.
• If an error message appears on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
103
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
• For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
• For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved:
Step5
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Note
• If the problem is still not resolved after replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
104
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
• For macOS:
Adjusting Print Head Position
105
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the FINE
cartridge whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the OK button.
4. Select Maintenance.
5. Select Nozzle Check.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
7. Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD.
8. Select Next.
9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
106
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present
2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal white streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or
in both patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
107
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Cleaning the Print Head
108
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the OK button.
4. Select Maintenance.
5. Select Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
8. Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9. Select Next.
10. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
109
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
110
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the OK button.
4. Select Maintenance.
5. Select Deep Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
6. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
8. Press the OK button.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9. When the completion message appears, select OK.
10. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
111
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem persists, replace the FINE cartridge.
If the problem persists despite replacing the FINE cartridge, contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
112
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the FINE Cartridge whose ink is low.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the LCD.
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the OK button.
4. Select Maintenance.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Auto.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
• To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment
value.
6. Select Yes.
7. Press the OK button.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
113
This takes about 4 to 5 minutes.
Note
• If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD.
When Error Occurred
8. When completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
adjust the print head position manually.
For Windows:
You can also align the print head manually from a computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
114
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
• For details on automatic print head alignment, see Aligning the Print Head.
What you will need: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the OK button.
4. Select Maintenance.
5. Select Print Head Alignment - Manual.
The confirmation screen will appear.
Note
• To print and check the current head position alignment values, select Print the head alignment
value.
6. Check message and select Yes.
7. Press the OK button.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
8. When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
and if so, select Yes.
115
9. Select OK.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
10. Examine first patterns. In column A, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, select
the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal streaks
Noticeable horizontal streaks
116
11. Repeat these steps for columns B to J.
12. Check message and press the OK button.
The second set of patterns is printed.
13. Examine second patterns. In column K, find pattern in which streaks are least noticeable,
select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which vertical streaks are least noticeable.
Subtle vertical streaks
Noticeable vertical streaks
14. Repeat these steps for columns L to M.
15. Check message and press the OK button.
The third set of patterns is printed.
16. Examine third patterns. In column N, find pattern in which stripes are least noticeable,
select the number of that pattern, and then press the OK button.
117
Note
• If all patterns look different, choose the pattern in which horizontal stripes are least noticeable.
Subtle horizontal stripes
Noticeable horizontal stripes
17. Repeat these steps for columns O to T.
18. When completion message appears, select OK.
118
Cleaning
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Cleaning Cassette Pads
119
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only
when necessary.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button.
3. Select Maintenance.
4. Select Roller cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Select Rear tray or Cassette to clean the paper feed roller.
7. Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source.
If you clean the paper feed roller of cassette, remove any paper from the cassette, then push it back.
8. Press the OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load
the three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
10. Press the OK button.
120
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
11. When the completion message appears, select OK.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
121
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button.
3. Select Maintenance.
4. Select Bottom plate cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
6. Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette, then press the OK button.
7. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the
paper.
8. Fold one side of the opened paper in another half, aligning the edge with the center crease,
unfold the paper, then press the OK button.
122
9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette with the ridges of the creases facing up and
the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side.
10. Mount cassette cover (A) and insert cassette into printer.
11. Pull out the paper output tray.
12. Press the OK button.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
13. When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
123
124
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
125
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
126
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or
liquids such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
• Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
• Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
• Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
127
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
• Moving the printer
Do not hold the printer by the cassette. Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
128
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
• Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the FINE cartridges. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
• Do not throw FINE cartridges in the fire.
129
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10517 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365, FCC Approved Bluetooth
K30375)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
130
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
131
WEEE (EU&EEA)
This regulation is only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein).
There is no information to inform here.
132
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
133
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Identification badges or insignia
• Selective service or draft papers
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
• Traveler's checks
• Food stamps
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
134
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
135
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and FINE Cartridge left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the
power. This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Close the operation panel.
3. Unplug the power cord.
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the status bar is lit or flashing, or while a screen is displayed in the
LCD, as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
4. Retract the paper output tray and the paper output support.
5. Retract the paper support, and close the rear tray cover.
6. Shorten cassette.
7. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
8. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
136
9. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
137
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Press the OK button and select Device settings > Reset settings > Reset all > Yes.
138
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint-
stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet while the status bar is lit/flashing or
a screen is displayed in the LCD, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or
clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the status bar goes off and the display in the LCD
disappears.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
139
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
140
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Operation Panel
141
Front View
A: Platen
Load an original here.
B: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
C: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
The operation panel can be tilted.
Operation Panel
D: Cassette
Load A4, B5, A5, or Letter-sized plain paper into the cassette, and insert it into the printer.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
E: Paper Guides
Align with right/left/front sides of the paper stack.
F: Cassette Cover
Detach to load paper in the cassette.
G: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
142
H: Paper Output Support
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Status Bar
Lights or flashes to indicate the printer is operating or when an error occurs.
J: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
K: Rear Tray Cover
Open to load paper in the rear tray.
L: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
M: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
N: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray
143
Rear View
A: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
B: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
C: Transport Unit Cover
Open when removing jammed paper.
D: Rear Cover
Detach when removing jammed paper.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This
can cause trouble.
144
Inside View
A: Scanning Unit / Cover
Scans originals. Also, lift and open it to replace a FINE cartridge or to remove jammed paper inside the
printer.
B: FINE Cartridge (ink cartridges)
A replaceable cartridge that integrates print head and ink tank.
C: Ink Cartridge Locking Cover
Secures the installed FINE cartridge.
D: FINE Cartridge Holder
Install the FINE cartridge.
The color FINE cartridge should be installed into the left slot and the black FINE cartridge should be
installed into the right slot.
Note
• For details on replacing a FINE cartridge, see Replacing a FINE Cartridge.
145
Operation Panel
A: QR button/QR lamp
When you press the QR button while the QR lamp is lit, the QR code will appear, giving you access to
an online manual that explains the function that is in operation. Cost of connecting to Internet is to be
born by the customer.
B: Wireless connect button
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without
having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
C: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
D: and buttons
Used to select a setting item. These buttons are also used for entering characters.
Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
E: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
F: Stop button
Cancels operation when printing is in progress or when selecting a menu item.
G: Start button
Press this button to start printing or copying, and to confirm the characters entered.
H: OK button
Finalizes your selection of items. Also used to resolve errors.
I: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Printer On and Off
J: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
146
Power Supply
Checking that Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplugging the Printer
147
Checking that Power Is On
A screen appears in the LCD when the printer is turned on.
Even if the display in the LCD is off, if the status bar is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• The display in the LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 10 minutes.
To restore the display, either press a button on the operation panel or perform a print operation.
148
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed
from a computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by
default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the status
bar goes off and the display in the LCD disappears.
149
Note
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
150
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.
• The power plug/power cord is bent.
• The power plug/power cord is worn.
• The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
151
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• Press the ON button and confirm that the status bar goes off and the display in the LCD disappears
before unplugging the power cord. Unplugging the power cord while the status bar is lit/flashing or a
screen is displayed in the LCD may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be
reduced.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
2. Check that status bar goes off and display in LCD disappears.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
152
LCD and Operation Panel
Pressing the OK button (B) on the operation panel displays the menu screen, which enables you to perform
printer settings and maintenance.
Selecting a Menu or Setting Item
In a menu screen or settings screen, use the
button (C) to select an item or option, and then press
the OK button (B) to proceed with the procedure.
To return to the previous screen, press the Back button (A).
Example: Changing the setting for Prevent Abrasion.
1. Press OK button (B).
2. Use
button (C) to select Device settings and press OK button (B).
3. Select Print settings and press the OK button (B).
153
4. Select Prevent paper abrasion and press the OK button (B).
5. Use
button (C) to change setting and press OK button (B).
Network Status Indication
When you press the OK button, icons depicting the Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the
icon in the standby screen.
If the
icon appears on the LCD, it indicates that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the
wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We recom-
mend placing the printer near the wireless router.
154
Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
•
•
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Wi-Fi and Wireless Direct are disabled.
155
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
The buttons on the operation panel allow you to enter (or change) characters, numbers, or symbols when
setting up the network or making other settings.
Switching the Input Mode
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Pressing the
(Wireless connect) button on the operation panel toggles through the input modes in
> uppercase > numeric > symbols , showing the first available
the order lowercase
character.
The following shows available characters in each mode.
Mode
Available characters
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz SP
Lowercase
Uppercase
Numeric
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ SP
1234567890 SP
~
Symbols
. @ - _ SP # ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > \
SP: Indicates a space.
Note
• Only the input modes or characters available for input appear in their respective screens.
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the
button to select a character and press the OK button to input it.
156
After all the characters have been input, press the Start button.
• To insert a space
Either press the OK button without selecting any character, or switch to the symbol mode and then
press the button 5 times.
• To delete characters
Press the Stop button.
157
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
158
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting the Ink to be Used
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
159
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Check this check box if part of the image data is cut off, the paper source during printing differs from the
driver settings, or printing fails.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
160
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Save...
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
161
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
• When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
162
Setting the Ink to be Used
This feature enables you to specify the most appropriate FINE cartridge among installed FINE cartridges
according to an intended use.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box appears.
3. Select the FINE cartridge to be used from Print With
Select the FINE cartridge to be used for printing and click OK.
4. Click OK on the Page Setup tab
When you perform printing, the specified FINE cartridge will be used.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer uses the
color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or Hagaki is
selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either FINE
cartridge is detached.
163
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Perform power off
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
164
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
165
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Custom Settings
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Prevents paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density
printing to prevents paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform
the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print
data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Page Size on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to
the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
setting.
166
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page
dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
167
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Other device settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
168
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Amount of extension as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press OK button.
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select a setting item to adjust.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5. Select a setting item.
6. Select a setting to specify.
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
169
Setting Items on Operation Panel
170
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other device settings
Language selection
Web service setup
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
Bluetooth settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
System information
171
Print settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
• Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower
print quality.
• Amount of extension
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Extended
amount: Large for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Auto photo fix setting
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files when Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto
photo fix in PictBridge settings.
• Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
When the paper width is less than 8.03 in. (204 mm), you can adjust the left/right margins in increments
of 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) between -0.08 in. (-2 mm) and +0.08 in. (+2 mm) centered on the horizontal center
of the paper.
172
LAN settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Wi-Fi
By selecting Wi-Fi from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
• Show setting info
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Items
Setting
Connection
Enabled/Enabled (disconnected)/Disabled
Network name (SSID)
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Wi-Fi security
Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/
WPA2-PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES)
Signal strength (%)
IPv4 address
XXX
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
IPv4 default gateway
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Printer name
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
The following settings are available on the Wi-Fi screen.
173
• Advanced mode
Enables/disables Wi-Fi.
• Wi-Fi setup
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
◦ Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦ WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other connection types
Manual connect (adv.)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
WPS (PIN code method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
• Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
Wireless Direct
By selecting Wireless Direct from LAN settings, the following settings are available.
To print the LAN settings, select Print details in the LAN settings screen and select Yes.
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
• Show setting info
The following setting items are displayed. (Some setting items are not displayed depending on the
printer settings.)
Note
• Select Show setting info to display a screen, allowing you to show or hide the password.
Items
Setting
174
Connection
Enabled (connected)/Disabled
Network name(SSID)
DIRECT-XXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Password
XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
WPA2-PSK(AES)
Wi-Fi security
No. of devices connected now
IPv4 address
XX/XX
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask
IPv4 default gateway
IPv6 link-local address
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Printer name
XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
The following settings are available in the Wireless Direct.
• Connect to smartphone
Enables to connect the smartphone to the printer by reading the QR code displayed on the LCD with
the smartphone, or also by manually obtaining the network name and password.
• Advanced mode
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change network name (SSID)
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Connection request confirmation
Selecting ON displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting
the printer.
• Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
175
Advanced
• Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
• TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD setting
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦ Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows.
◦ Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦ Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
• LPR protocol setting
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
• RAW protocol
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR
176
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
• PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
• IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
177
Other device settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
• Key repeat
When you select ON, numbers, characters and other choices can be displayed quickly by pressing the
holding the
button when you are entering the characters etc.
• ECO settings
ECO settings
• Quiet setting
Quiet setting
• Original removal reminder
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the
original may not be detected.
• Status bar settings
Change the display of the status bar.
◦ Advanced mode
Enables or disables the status bar display.
When Disable is selected, only the left end of the status bar will light up or flash.
◦ Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of the status bar.
• Wi-Fi pairing settings
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦ Enable/disable pairing
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦ Allow/block additional pairing
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦ Delete paired devices
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
178
Language selection
Changes the language for the messages and menus on the LCD.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Thai / Indonesian / Vietnamese
179
Firmware update
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
• Only Check current version is available when Disable is selected for Advanced mode of Wi-Fi in
LAN settings.
• Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-
screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the LCD, select OK and try again after a
while.
• Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification setting
When ON is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the LCD.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
180
Reset setting
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings back to the default.
• Settings only
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
• Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
181
Feed settings
Select this setting item from Device settings in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows) or
on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• Rear tray paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
• Cassette paper settings
Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Note
• Plain paper can only be loaded in the cassette.
• Detect paper width
Select Enable to automatically detect the paper size when paper is loaded.
• Detect paper setting mismatch
If you select Enable, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with
those registered in Feed settings. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error
message is displayed on the LCD.
Note
• When Disable is selected, the settings in Feed settings is disabled.
182
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup in the menu screen which appears when you press the OK
button.
• Web service registration/Web service cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY
Cloud Link.
• Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
◦ IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
◦ Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
• Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
• DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
183
ECO settings
This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the
printer automatically to save electricity.
Using Power Saving Function
Using Duplex Printing
Using Power Saving Function
Follow the procedure below to use power saving function.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button.
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select Other device settings.
5. Select ECO settings.
6. Select Energy saving settings.
7. Specify settings as necessary.
A: Specify the length of time to turn the printer off automatically when no operation is made or no
printing data is sent to the printer.
B: Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a
computer or printing data is sent to the printer.
Using Duplex Printing
Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
184
2. Press the OK button.
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select Other device settings.
5. Select ECO settings.
6. Select Two-sided print settings.
A confirmation screen will appear when the default setting for copying is set for two-sided
printing.
7. Select ON or OFF to turn on/off two-sided printing.
185
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press the OK button.
3. Select Device settings.
4. Select Other device settings.
5. Select Quiet setting.
6. Select to turn it ON/OFF.
When Quiet setting is turned on, it is possible to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
• When Quiet setting is turned on, the operating speed will be slower compared to when it is turned off.
• This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
• For Windows, you can set the quiet mode from ScanGear (scanner driver).
186
System information
Select this setting item from System information in the menu screen which appears when you press the
OK button.
• Current version
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number
Displays the printer serial number.
• MAC address (Wi-Fi)
Displays the MAC address for Wi-Fi.
• Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1)
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-1) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
• Root certificate thumbprint: SHA-256
Shows the root certification thumbprint (SHA-256) of the printer.
Note
• If the password is set to the printer, the password may be requested.
187
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment
Power supply
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption
Printing (Copy): 19 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 0.9 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.3 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC, and Bluetooth settings enabled
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 15.9 x 12.5 x 5.9 in. (Approx. 403 x 315 x 148 mm)
* With the Cassette and trays retracted.
Weight
Approx. 13.8 lb (Approx. 6.3 kg)
* With the FINE cartridge installed.
188
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver
Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size
A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
1200 x 2400 dpi *
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Input / Output)
Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
Wi-Fi
SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System
Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
189
macOS
Operating System
macOS 10.12.6 - macOS 10.15
Other Supported OS
iOS, iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
190
Information about Paper
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Print Area
191
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
192
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
• Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
• Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
• Envelopes
• T-Shirt Transfers
• Greeting Card
• Card Stock
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page
size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
• Legal
• A5
• A4
• B5
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)
• L(89x127mm)
• 2L(127x178mm)
• Square 3.5"
• Square 5"
193
• Hagaki
• Hagaki 2
• Envelope Com 10
• Envelope DL
• Nagagata 3
• Nagagata 4
• Yougata 4
• Yougata 6
• Card 2.17"x3.58"
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.51 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 26.61 in. (215.9 x 676.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
2
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m )
194
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray, the cassette, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray and Cassette
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1
Rear Tray
Cassette
A4: Approx. 100 sheets
A4: Approx. 80 sheets
N/A
A4: Approx. 100 sheets
A4: Approx. 80 sheets
A4, B5, Letter: Approx. 80
sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*2
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm),
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5", Square
5", Hagaki: 20 sheets
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.>
Rear Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
1 sheet
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
195
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Rear Tray
Cassette
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1
Approx. 100 sheets (Legal:
10 sheets)
Approx. 100 sheets
Envelopes
10 envelopes
A4: 1 sheet
N/A
N/A
N/A
T-Shirt Transfers
Greeting Card
Letter, 7"x10"(18x25cm): 1
sheet
Card Stock
A4, Letter: 1 sheet
N/A
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.>
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Paper Output Tray
Approx. 50 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name
Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
196
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
197
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
198
Printing
Printing from Computer
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from Digital Camera
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Paper Settings
199
Printing from Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint)
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Printing from Chrome OS
200
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Overview of the Printer Driver
Printer Driver Description
Updating the MP Drivers
201
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
1. Check that printer is turned on
2. Load paper in printer
3. Open printer driver's setup screen
4. Select frequently used settings
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5. Select print quality
For Print Quality, select from High, Standard, or Draft.
202
Important
• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Select paper source
For Paper Source, select Automatically Select, Rear Tray, or Cassette, whichever matches your
purpose.
Important
• The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and
size.
203
7. Click OK
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
• To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the
Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that
appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
1. Open printer driver setup window
2. On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
3. Select Paper Source
204
From Paper Source, check the setting or select a new paper source.
The current printer settings appear in Media Type and Page Size.
4. Apply settings
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
• If the Media type in Feed settings on the printer is set to IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki
(type), or if the Page size is set to 5"x7"(13x18), click Set to display the dialog box.
Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
• If the media type or the paper size on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be
grayed out and cannot be clicked.
• If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will
not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
205
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Paper information registered on
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
Plain Paper
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Plain paper
Plain paper
High-Res
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
High Resolution Paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Paper information reg-
istered on the printer
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Pro Platinum
Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Glossy Photo Paper
Matte Photo Paper
Glossy
Matte
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Paper information registered on
the printer
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer driver
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy Photo Paper
Glossy
Glossy
Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper
206
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101> Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers LF Iron
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101> Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D> Matte Photo Paper
DF Iron
Matte
Commercially available papers
Paper information registered on the
printer
Media name
Media Type in the printer driver
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper
Plain paper
Envelope
Others
Envelopes
Envelope
T-Shirt Transfers
Greeting Cards
Card Stock
T-Shirt Transfers
Inkjet Greeting Card
Card Stock
Others
Card stock
207
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm
A5
Letter
Legal
A5
A4
A4
B5
B5
4"x6" 10x15cm
4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7"(13x18)
7"x10"
5"x7" 13x18cm
7"x10" 18x25cm
8"x10" 20x25cm
L 89x127mm
8"x10"
L 89x127mm
5"x7"(13x18)
Square 3.5"
Square 5"
Hagaki (size)
Hagaki 2
Env. Com 10
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4
Yougata 4
Yougata 6
Card
2L 127x178mm
Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm
Hagaki 100x148mm
Hagaki 2 200x148mm
Envelope Com 10
Envelope DL
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25"
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07"
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25"
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48"
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm
Custom Size
Others
208
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Printing on Postcards
209
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
210
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
211
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
• Print from Last Page:
/Collate:
4. Click OK
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
• Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and
cannot be set.
• When Duplex Printing is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
212
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set borderless printing
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
213
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing, Stapling Side settings, and
the Stamp/Background... button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• When Envelope, Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers, Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers, High
Resolution Paper, or T-Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you
cannot perform borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
214
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
215
Scaled Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
• Select a Printer Paper Size
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
• Specify a scaling factor
216
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings
preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
217
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
218
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
219
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Performing Automatic Duplex Printing
You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set automatic duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked.
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Set the print area
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than
usual and the document may not fit on one page.
Click Print Area Setup..., select one of the following process methods, and then click OK.
220
Use normal-size printing
Print without reducing the page.
Use reduced printing
Reduce the page slightly during printing.
5. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
6. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, duplex printing will be started.
Performing Duplex Printing Manually
You can perform the duplex printing manually.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing check box and uncheck the Automatic check box on the Page Setup tab.
221
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Press the OK button on the printer to print the opposite side.
Important
• When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab,
Duplex Printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• Duplex Printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Page
Size on the Page Setup tab.
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm, A5, A4, B5
222
• After printing the front page, there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page
(Operation stops temporarily). Do not touch the paper during this time. You can change the ink drying
wait time at Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Related Topic
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
223
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
• If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" is
selected for Printer Paper Size, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print,
regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom
Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
224
6. Select the print quality
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer
Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
225
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select commonly used settings
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4. Select the media type
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click
Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box
that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
5. Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
• When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
226
8. Click OK
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media,
and click Start Printing.
227
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
Canon IJ Status Monitor
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
228
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your
computer so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
229
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1. Select print command from application software
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2. Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
1. Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers
2. Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
• Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs regarding the
Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening through
Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to the
user's manual for the Windows.
230
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
231
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
232
Checking Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the FINE cartridge types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
3. Display Estimated ink levels
Ink status is displayed as an illustration.
Note
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
233
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• Depending on the document type to be printed, the paper feed method specified in the printer driver
may not operate correctly.
If this happens, open the printer driver setup window from the Print dialog box of the application
software, and check the setting in the Paper Source field on the Main tab.
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following
functions will not operate.
◦ Preview before printing on the Main tab
◦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦ Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing, Specify Margin..., Print from Last
Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
234
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time
or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print
dialog box.
235
Printer Driver Description
Quick Setup Tab Description
Main Tab Description
Page Setup Tab Description
Maintenance Tab Description
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
236
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing check boxes are checked automatically.
237
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to
change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
238
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
239
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The
Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
240
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
241
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
Check the setting or select a new paper source.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Duplex Printing
Perform Borderless Printing
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
242
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
243
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
You may be able to switch the paper source with the printer driver.
Automatically Select
Based on the paper settings in the printer driver and the paper information registered on the printer,
the printer automatically determines the paper source and feeds paper.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Cassette
Paper is always supplied from the cassette.
Important
• Depending on the media type and size, the Paper Source settings that can be selected may differ.
244
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the
Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
245
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when
the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color
balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
246
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out
and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
Related Topics
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
247
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab
allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Check whether the printer is set up correctly by looking at the illustration before you start printing.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening the
Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
248
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
249
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing
Selects whether to print the document automatically on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Automatic
Selects whether duplex printing is to be performed automatically or manually.
This check box will be enabled if Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list or the Duplex
Printing check box is checked.
To perform duplex printing automatically, check this check box.
To perform duplex printing manually, uncheck this check box.
Print Area Setup...
Opens the Print Area Setup dialog box in which you can configure the print area for automatic
duplex printing.
This button will be enabled if automatic duplex printing is set when Borderless is not selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
250
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give
priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the
printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
251
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
252
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Print Area Setup dialog box
When you perform duplex printing, the print area of the document becomes slightly narrower than usual.
Therefore when a document that has small margins is printed, the document may not fit on one page.
This dialog box allows you to set whether the page is to be reduced when printed so that the document
fits in one page.
Use normal-size printing
Prints the document pages without reducing them. This is the default setting.
Use reduced printing
Slightly reduces each document page so that it fits on one sheet of paper during printing.
Select this setting when using automatic duplex printing to print a document with small margins.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
253
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
Disable the paper source setting of the application software
Disables the paper feed method that is set by the application.
With some applications such as Microsoft Word, the data may be printed with a feed method that
differs from the printer driver setting. In this case, check this function.
Important
• When this function is enabled, normally the paper feeding method cannot be changed from the
Canon IJ Preview.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
254
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Print With
Specify the FINE cartridge to be used from the installed FINE cartridges.
Select from All Colors (Default), Color Only, Black Only.
Important
• When the following settings are specified, Black Only does not function because the printer
uses the color FINE cartridge to print documents.
Other than Plain Paper, Envelope, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Hagaki K (A), Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki is selected for Media Type on the Main tab
Borderless is selected from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab
• Do not detach the FINE cartridge that is not in use. Printing cannot be performed while either
FINE cartridge is detached.
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
255
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
256
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
• Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
257
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
258
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
Related Topics
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
259
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Perform Borderless Printing
Fit-to-Page Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Booklet Printing
Duplex Printing
Setting the Stapling Margin
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Changing the Print Options
Stamp/Background Printing
260
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
261
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
262
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the images, icons, and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Ink status display
Displays the ink status.
FINE cartridge types and ink levels can be confirmed.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor uses images, icons, and messages to display the printer status and the ink
status.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
263
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
Estimated ink levels
Displays FINE cartridge types and estimated ink levels as images.
Also, if the remaining ink is low or empty, an icon or a message will appear (Ink level warning /
Ink empty error).
Move the cursor onto the image to check detailed information such as the remaining ink levels
and the names of FINE cartridges that the printer can use.
The colors are calibrated to match the color with the least amount of ink remaining, and then all
colors are displayed at the same level.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct FINE cartridge for your printer.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window as a pop-up, and displays it in front of the
other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
264
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you check detailed information, such as the printer status, the print progress, and
remaining ink levels.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
265
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
1. Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
• A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
2. Install the MP Drivers
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
3. Complete the installation
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
266
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
267
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
268
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray or in the cassette, you can prevent
the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the
media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
• The default display setting is different between, when you print from Smartphone/tablet, when you print
from Windows, and when you print from macOS.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
• When you close the feed slot cover:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
If the page size on the LCD matches the size of the paper loaded in the rear tray, select OK.
If not, select Change to change the setting in accordance with the size of the loaded paper.
269
• When you insert the cassette:
Paper size is detected and set automatically in the printer.
* You can load only plain paper in the cassette.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver (Windows)
or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When the paper settings for printing are different from the paper
information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing: A5
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4
When you start printing, a message will appear.
270
Check the message and select Next. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of
the operations below.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to the
printer is A4, the printer starts printing on the paper loaded in the rear tray or in the cassette without
changing the paper size setting for printing.
Replace paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing is A5 and the paper information registered to
the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray or in the cassette before you start printing.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• If you do not know what paper information to register to the printer, press the Back button when
the screen to select the operation is displayed.
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver
(Windows) or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing. Change the paper settings and try
printing again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
• When you print from smartphone/tablet:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
271
Feed settings
• When you print from Windows:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When you print from macOS:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the paper information
registered to the printer are different.
272
Copying
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Making Copies Basics
Two-Sided Copying
Special Copy Menu
Copying Using Smartphone or Tablet
273
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Load paper.
3. Load original document on platen.
4. Confirm the page size and color mode.
Note
• To change the paper position, color mode and other settings, press the OK button. Select Copy
settings to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
5. Use the
Note
button to specify the number of copies.
• You can specify the number of copies even if you select Copies from Copy settings.
6. Press the Start button.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
• Do not open the document cover or remove the original while Copying... is displayed on the
screen.
Note
• To cancel copying, press the Stop button.
274
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page position, color mode, and intensity.
Press the OK button and select Copy settings.
Use the
Use the
button to set the number of copies, paper source, color mode, then press the OK button.
button to select Others when adjusting other settings, then press the OK button.
Note
• The setting currently specified appears in the selected state.
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items or the copy
menu.
• The settings of the Intensity: Auto and print quality are retained even if the printer is turned off.
• Number of copies
Specify the number of copies.
Ex:
• Paper source
Select a paper source (rear tray/cassette) where paper is loaded.
Ex:
• Color mode
Select the color mode for copying (color copy/black & white copy).
• Others
◦ Two-Sided Copying
275
Select whether to perform duplex copying.
Two-Sided Copying
Note
This item appears when A4 or Letter is selected.
◦ Layout
Select whether to copy two pages onto a single page.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page
Note
This item appears when A4 or Letter is selected.
• Copy intensity
Change the intensity (brightness).
Note
• If you select Intensity: Auto, load the original on the platen.
• Enlarge/Reduce
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
• Print quality
Select the print quality according to the original.
Note
• The Quality: Draft can be set when the paper type is normal paper.
276
Scanning
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
277
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
278
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
279
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.
Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
280
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
281
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen.
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
1. Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
2. Place items on platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3. Start IJ Scan Utility.
4. Click Auto.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make
advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
282
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
item in the Settings dialog box.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4. Click Document or Photo.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
283
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen. Add, delete, rearrange pages or make
other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in IJ Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen.
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.
3. Click PDF Editor.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4. To specify paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File menu,
and then set each item in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box.
Note
• Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
• In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
284
5. Click
(Scan) on Toolbar.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file
you want to edit.
• You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.
6. Add pages as needed.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click
(Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click
(Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
• You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
7. Edit pages as needed.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click
(Page Up) or
(Page Down) on the Toolbar to
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
285
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click
(Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.
8. Select Save As... in File menu.
The Save dialog box appears.
9. Specify save settings.
Save Dialog Box (PDF Edit Screen)
10. Click Save.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click
(Save) on the Toolbar.
286
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Scanning in Basic Mode
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
287
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (
,
, and
).
288
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
289
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for
"Starting IJ Scan Utility."
2. In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1. Start application.
2. On application's menu, select machine.
Note
• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3. Scan document.
The ScanGear screen appears.
290
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
(Thumbnail)
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear
documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.
291
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3. Click Preview.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
292
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4. Set Destination.
Note
• Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5. Set Output Size.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6. Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
7. Set Image corrections as needed.
8. Click Scan.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click
(Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
293
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens
Basic Mode Tab
Advanced Mode Tab
294
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
295
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
296
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size of
the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
297
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
• Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
298
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) /
(Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
299
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
300
When
(Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and
Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click
(Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When
(Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
301
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Basic Mode
302
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
303
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame (scan
area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its non-
magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click
frame.
(Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
304
Note
• Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
•
(Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
305
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) /
(Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
306
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When
(Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
307
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and
Selected Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl
key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When
(Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
308
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panelor scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600
dpi in full-color.
• ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
• Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
309
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
310
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
311
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen for scanning. If items are not placed correctly they
may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Items
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD
Magazines, Newspapers, and Documents
Place the item face-down on the platen and align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow
(alignment mark) of the platen. Portions placed on
the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm)
or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of
the platen and the item. Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
312
Important
Important
• Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be
placed away from the edges/arrow (alignment mark) of
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a for-
mat other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
• For the portions in which items cannot be scan-
ned, see Loading Originals.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (di-
agonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between
items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot
be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
• Place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are cor-
rected automatically.
313
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for
scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of
the Online Manual for details.
1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running,
(IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click
to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
314
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click
(IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
2. Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
Name.
3. Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
4. Click
(General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
315
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
316
Frequently Asked Questions
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Network
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Print
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Cannot Print or Connect
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Installation
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Error
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printer Does Not Print
Copying/Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printer Prints Slowly
Ink Does Not Come Out
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
317
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
318
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer During Setup
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
319
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Find Printer from Smartphone/Tablet while Using Bluetooth
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
320
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Network Connection Problems
Other Network Problems
321
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer During Setup
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
322
Cannot Find Printer During Setup
If you cannot find the printer on network during setup, check the following.
When you complete all the checking, try to set up from the beginning.
Items to check for Wi-Fi:
When connecting the printer to Wi-Fi, check/respond to all the items in [Step 1], and try to set up from the
beginning. If you still cannot set up the printer properly, try the items in [Step 2] and try to set up from the
beginning.
Step 1
Step 2
Check the basic items for Wi-Fi
Solve the problem, using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Items to check for Wi-Fi
Step 1
Check the basic items for Wi-Fi
1. Check power status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Stop setting up, and check if the router (modem) is turned on and then check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network devices such as router are turned on.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
323
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network devices such as router are ready for use.
2. Check if the printer is turned on
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn them off and on again.
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
2. Check PC network connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer? Make sure the computer and network device (wireless router, etc.) are configured and the
computer is connected to the network.
If you cannot view web pages on your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address
filtering, and DHCP function.
For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the
manufacturer.
Important
• Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for
PC or game machine), using alphanumeric characters at the end of network name (SSID).
Once you complete checking the wireless router, configure the network settings for your computer. For the procedures, refer to the instruction
manual supplied with the computer, or contact the manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in order to view web pages, using the
information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
3. Check printer's Wi-Fi settings
Make sure the
or
icon is displayed on the LCD when the OK button is pressed.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If
icon is displayed:
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Reconsider the locations of the wireless router and the printer.
• Checking the location of wireless router:
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router. The printer can be up 50
m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. The printer is designed for indoor use. Make sure the printer is close enough to the
wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors
is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot
communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may
cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• Checking the location of printer:
Make sure that the printer is not placed behind an object. The printer may not be connected when placed behind a wall or on a shelf. Try to
place the printer in a location where there is no obstacle.
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
When you complete checking [Step 1] above, try to set up from the beginning.
324
If the printer cannot be detected after trying to set up from the beginning, proceed to [Step 2].
Step 2
Solve the Problem, Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnose and repair the network connections using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Download IJ Network Device Setup Utility from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Refer to below in regard to starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Once revised, try to set up from the beginning.
325
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
• Check the orientation and insertion angle of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. The USB
Port is slightly diagonal. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
• For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3. Turn on printer.
Check3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers.
326
2. Turn off printer.
3. Shut down computer.
After shutting down, restart your computer and install the latest MP Drivers downloaded in step 1.
327
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
First, make sure printer is turned on. Next, make sure that you can view any web page on the Internet with
your computer. After confirming the two, use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair
network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
Check1
Check the
icon on LCD.
The
icon appears by pressing OK button.
If the icon is not displayed, from the setup menu select Device settings > LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Advanced
mode and then select Enable.
If the
icon is displayed, see the following check to make sure whether printer setup is complete or the
settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check2
If it is not, click here and perform setup.
Check3
Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
• Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set for the
printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
328
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print
out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check5
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Check6
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check7
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check8
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
329
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
330
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
First, make sure printer is turned on. Next, make sure that you can view any web page on the Internet with
your computer. After confirming the two, use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair
network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Connect to a printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
• Turn on the printer or devices.
• If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
331
Check2
Use the icon on the LCD when OK button is pressed to check the connection status between the printer and
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
wireless router. If the
printer.
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the
Check3
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
Communication with a wireless router must be tuned to either the 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band. The
network name (SSID) of the 2.4 GHz frequency band and the network name (SSID) of the 5 GHz frequency
band cannot be used in combination.
Check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, and match it with the network name (SSID) of the correct
frequency band of the Wi-Fi router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the printer.
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check5
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Check6
Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.
332
Check7
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
the previous check.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check8
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
Check9
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
• Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the printer and the wireless router.
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1
Select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Advanced mode in this order and enable it.
Check2
Check printer settings.
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
333
Printing Network Settings
Check4
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check6
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Print/Scan through Network
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
Click here and install the MP Drivers.
If MP Drivers are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Check3
Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers and printers can
access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
334
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
• Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
335
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
• Using WEP
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the
printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
◦ For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi)
screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password
length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with
printer via the wireless router.
336
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Click here and perform setup.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
337
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
338
Other Network Problems
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
339
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
• For macOS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
340
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.
2. Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:
1. Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2. Click Ping.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
341
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
342
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing or scanning operation from a
computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
343
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
344
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
• Turn on the printer or devices.
• If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
• It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
• Use the
icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router.
icon is displayed, when OK button is pressed.
If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
• Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
345
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the
printer.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network
status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
346
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is Wireless Direct enabled?
From the setup menu, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Advanced mode in this
order and enable it.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
347
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
348
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Ink Does Not Come Out
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
349
Printer Does Not Print
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Make sure the status bar or LCD is lit.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
Note
• If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. Wait until
printing starts.
Check2
Make sure that the cassette is correctly inserted.
If there is an object under the printer, the cassette cannot be correctly inserted and paper may not be correctly
fed.
Make sure there are no objects under the printer and push the cassette flatly into the printer until it stops.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Check3
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
350
Check4
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray or cassette.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray or the cassette, an error message appears
on the LCD. Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
Note
• You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check5
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
• For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
• For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check6
Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
• For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
selected by default.
• For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
• If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check7
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
351
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check8
Restart the computer and try printing again.
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
352
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1
Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check2
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
• If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
Check3
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
353
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head
• For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
• For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
354
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
• In the cassette, be sure to load only plain paper.
• When you load the paper on the cassette, place the print side facing DOWN and align the right/left/front
paper guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see Loading Envelopes in Rear Tray, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Check6
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
355
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply,
then remove the foreign object.
Note
• If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
• If the problem occurs immediately after removing the jammed paper from the rear side of the printer, see
below.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Check7
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of
cassette.
Cleaning Cassette Pads
Check9
Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly?
356
See Rear View for the positions of the transport unit cover and the rear cover.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
357
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
• Copying/Printing
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
• Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
• Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or the operation panel.
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
PictBridge settings
• Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
358
Note
• When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation
panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
See also the sections below:
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Colors Are Unclear
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Vertical Line Next to Image
Cannot Complete Printing
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows)
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
359
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
360
White Streaks Appear
Check1
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check paper and print quality settings.
Check2
Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3
Is the FINE cartridge installed properly?
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
• If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
Check4
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
361
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head
• For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
• For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up. When you load paper in the
cassette, load paper with the printable side facing down.
362
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check8
Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the condition
of the original.
Print from the printer directly, or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
363
Colors Are Unclear
Check1
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Is nozzle check pattern printed properly?
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
• For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
• For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head
• For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
• For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer for more than 24 hours without disconnecting the power plug, and go to the next step.
Step5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6
Replace the FINE cartridge.
If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice, the print head may be damaged, or ink may have run out. Replace
the FINE cartridge.
364
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
Check2
Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the FINE cartridges.
When a FINE cartridge runs out of ink, replace empty FINE cartridges with a new one.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
Check3
Is FINE cartridge installed properly?
• Check that there is no orange tape left on the FINE cartridge.
If the orange tape remains on the FINE cartridge, peel it off.
• If you do not close the ink cartridge locking cover correctly, ink may not be ejected correctly.
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then close it.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
Note
• Printed colors may not match screen colors due to basic differences in the methods used to produce
colors. Color control settings and environmental differences can also affect how colors appear on the
screen. Therefore, colors of printing results may be different from those on the screen.
365
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check1
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check paper and print quality settings.
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
366
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges
Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check paper and print quality settings.
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
• Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
367
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
• From operation panel
1. Press OK button on HOME screen.
2. Select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent paper
abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
368
• From computer (Windows):
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
• From computer (macOS):
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• Printing from your computer (Windows)
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
• Copying
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
369
Note
• To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
Check9
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
• For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
370
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margin.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
• The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
371
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems
372
Scanning Problems
Scanner Does Not Work
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
373
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Check 2
Check 3
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 5
Restart the computer.
374
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
• If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
• Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
Check 4
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
375
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
376
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1
Check2
Press ON button.
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
The Power Cord Connector is slightly diagonal.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
377
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
• To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Press OK button on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.
4. Select Other device settings and press the OK button.
5. Select ECO settings and press the OK button.
6. Select Energy saving settings and press the OK button.
7. Select Auto power off and press the OK button.
8. Select Never and press the OK button.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
• To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
378
4. Select OK.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
Note
• See below for details on how to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).
Scanner Tab
379
USB Connection Problems
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
• Printing or scanning is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB
connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
• Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
• For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
380
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Check2
Make sure printer is turned on.
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
• Check the orientation and insertion angle of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. The USB
Port is slightly diagonal. For details, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
381
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1. Press Back button repeatedly until the HOME screen is displayed.
2. Press OK button on HOME screen.
3. Press
4. Press
5. Use
button 3 times and press OK button.
button 6 times and press OK button.
button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
The desired language appears on the LCD.
6. Press OK button.
382
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
383
Failed to MP Drivers Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have been applied. If
all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers.
1. Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series MP Drivers" you want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3. If you find MP Drivers for printer you want to install, uninstall it.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers.
384
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers according to the
specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
385
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
386
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
387
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
388
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
Check the message and take the appropriate action.
• Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press
when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
• Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed
Check
See Automatic Duplex Printing Problems and take the appropriate action.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
389
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the status bar is off and nothing is displayed on printer's LCD, make sure
printer is plugged in and turn on.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and click
here to reinstall them.
Check4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
• If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
• If the USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
390
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
click here to reinstall them.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
391
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the printer's LCD and computer screen and take
the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1003 1200 1300 1303 1304
1309 1310 1313 1401 1403 1430
1485 15A1 15A2 1650 1651 1682
1684 1686 1687 1688 168D 1702
1703 1704 1705 1712 1713 1714
1715 1730 1731 1871 1890
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
2110 2113 2114 2120 2123 2500
2700
• 3000 to 3ZZZ
3002 3402 3403 3405 3407 3412
3413 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442
3443 3444 3445 3446 3447
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
5011 5012 5050 5100 5200 5205
5206 5400 5700 5B02 5B03 5B04
5B05 5B12 5B13 5B14 5B15 5C02
392
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6800
6801 6830 6831 6832 6833 6900
6901 6902 6910 6911 6930 6931
6932 6933 6936 6937 6938 6940
6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946
6951 6A80 6A81 6D01
• 7000 to 7ZZZ
7500 7600 7700 7800
• 8000 to 8ZZZ
8300
• A000 to ZZZZ
C000
Note
• For information on how to deal with paper jams, see What to Do When Paper Is Jammed.
393
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
1300
• If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
◦ If the paper fed from the cassette is jammed:
1303
◦ If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing:
1304
◦ If the paper is jammed as the printer pulled in the printed paper:
1313
◦ If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed
inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:
Other Cases
394
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
Remove the jammed paper following the instructions below.
1. Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press
the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If you cannot remove the paper from inside the printer, try to pull the paper out from the rear
side of the printer.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
395
• We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
396
1303
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from cassette.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If the measures above do not solve the problem:
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Load paper in cassette properly.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
3. Press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
397
1304
Cause
Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing.
What to Do
1. Remove jammed paper.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the paper is jammed at the feed slot of the cassette:
After storing the paper output tray and the paper output support, pull out the cassette and
remove the jammed paper slowly with both hands.
• If the measures above do not solve the problem:
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
2. Load paper properly.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
3. Press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
398
1313
Cause
Paper is jammed as printer pulled in printed paper.
What to Do
Depending on where the paper is jammed, decide on the countermeasure.
• If the paper is jammed at the paper output slot:
1300
• If the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• If the measures above do not solve the problem:
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
399
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot or the feed slot, or if
the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Turn off the printer and unplug it.
2. Open scanning unit / cover.
Important
• Do not touch clear film (A) and white belt (B).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3. Check if jammed paper is under FINE cartridge holder.
If the jammed paper is under the FINE cartridge holder, move the FINE cartridge holder to the far right or
left, whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the FINE cartridge holder, hold the top of the FINE cartridge holder and slide it slowly to
the far right or left.
400
4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
401
6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the FINE cartridge holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (C) in the printer?
7. Close scanning unit / cover gently.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.
8. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
If a paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you
resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the
printer. Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
402
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
403
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1. Make sure you have unplugged the power cord.
2. Rotate printer so that rear side of printer faces toward you.
3. Open rear tray cover and then pull up paper support.
4. Detach rear cover.
Pull out the rear cover.
404
5. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
If you were not able to remove the paper in this step, detach the transport unit cover and remove the
paper by following these steps.
1. Detach transport unit cover.
Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it.
405
2. Slowly pull out paper.
Note
• Do not touch the inner parts of the printer.
3. Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
4. If parts (A) are raised, lower them toward you.
5. Attach transport unit cover.
Insert the transport unit cover slowly all the way into printer and take down the transport unit cover.
406
6. Attach rear cover.
Insert the projections of the right side of the rear cover into the printer, and then push the left side of the
rear cover until it is closed completely.
407
7. Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
• When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
408
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper in Rear Tray
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.
• Close the feed slot cover.
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
409
1003
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the cassette.
• Paper is not loaded in the cassette properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the cassette.
Loading Plain Paper in Cassette
Note
• The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. The loadable paper in the cassette is
A4, Letter, A5, or B5 size plain paper.
• Align the paper guides of the cassette with the edges of the paper.
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
• When the jammed paper is removed from the rear side of the printer, the transport unit cover may not
be installed correctly. Refer to the following page.
Removing Jammed Paper from Rear Side
No Paper in Cassette during Printer Setup
Load two or more sheets of A4 or Letter size plain paper in the cassette.
410
Note
• After loading the paper, align the paper guides of the cassette with the edges of the paper.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• If you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
411
1200
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing FINE cartridges.
412
1401
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Install the FINE cartridge.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
413
1430
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Remove the FINE cartridge and reinstall it.
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Replace the FINE cartridge with a new
one.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If this still does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
414
1485
Cause
Appropriate ink cartridge is not installed.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge is not compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
415
1650
Cause
The ink cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Printing cannot be executed because the ink cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be
compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink cartridge.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
416
1651
Cause
The printer is still unable to communicate normally and cannot recognize the status of the ink cartridge.
Printing function is deactivated until the printer can communicate normally.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Take action immediately to enable the printer to communicate normally, following the instructions below.
• Network Connectivity
Refer to the following page and check the connection status between the printer and the network.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
• Web Service License Agreement Status
Print the network setting information of the printer and check "Web Service Status" (registration
status).
If it is not "Registered", select Web service setup > Web service registration in the printer menu,
and agree to the terms and conditions of the web service license.
Printing Network Settings
• Service Engagement Status
Refer to the following page and check the service contract status.
Confirm service contract
417
1682
Cause
FINE cartridge cannot be recognized.
What to Do
Replace the FINE cartridge.
Replacing a FINE Cartridge
If the error is not resolved, the FINE cartridge may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
418
1686
Cause
The ink may have run out.
What to Do
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled since the ink level cannot be correctly
detected.
If you want to continue printing without this function, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds.
Canon recommends to use new genuine Canon cartridges in order to obtain optimum qualities.
Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble caused by using a non-
genuine Canon ink cartridge or by using non-genuine Canon ink.
419
1687
Cause
FINE cartridge is not installed properly.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover to open the ink cartridge locking cover, and then remove the FINE
cartridge.
Make sure that the FINE cartridges are compatible with this printer.
Then install the FINE cartridges again.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
After you install the FINE cartridge, close the scanning unit / cover.
420
1688
Cause
The ink has run out.
What to Do
Replace the ink cartridge and close the scanning unit / cover.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's Stop button for at least 5
seconds with the ink cartridge installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition.
The function for detecting the remaining ink level will be disabled.
Replace the empty ink cartridge immediately after the printing. The resulting print quality is not
satisfactory, if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
421
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to FINE cartridge holder.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure that shipping tape and protective material have been
removed from the FINE cartridge holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
422
2110
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match the paper information for the cassette
registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match the paper information for the cassette
registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings
If the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the cassette registered
on the printer, the following message appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the cassette registered on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
423
Use the
buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
cassette is registered as A4, select this option to print on an A4 paper loaded in the cassette with the
A5 setting.
Replace paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the cassette.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the
cassette is registered as A4, select this option to print after changing the paper in the cassette with an
A5 paper.
After exchanging the paper and inserting the cassette, the paper information is automatically
registered in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and media type to be loaded in the cassette, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and media type are displayed.
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the cassette registered on the printer match.
424
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
425
2113
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match either the rear tray or the cassette paper
information registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match either the rear tray or the cassette paper
information registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings
If the paper source is set to be selected automatically and the paper settings specified when printing differ
from either the rear tray or the cassette paper information registered on the printer, the following message
appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the rear tray and the cassette registered on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
426
Use the
buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and both the paper information for
the rear tray and the paper information for the cassette are registered as A4, select this option to print
on an A4 paper with the A5 setting.
Replace paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the rear tray or the cassette.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and both the paper information for
the rear tray and the paper information for the cassette are registered as A4, select this option to print
after changing the paper in the rear tray or the cassette with an A5 paper.
After changing the paper, if the paper information registration screen appears, register the paper
information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and media type to be loaded in the rear tray or cassette, press
the printer's Back button. The paper size and media type are displayed.
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the rear tray registered on the printer or the cassette match.
427
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
428
2114
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match the paper information for the rear tray
registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match the paper information for the rear tray
registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings
If the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the rear tray registered
on the printer, the following message appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the rear tray registered on the printer:
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
429
Use the
buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the rear
tray is registered as A4, select this option to print on an A4 paper loaded in the rear tray with the A5
setting.
Replace paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the rear
tray is registered as A4, select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray with an A5
paper.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the rear tray appears. Register the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• If you do not know the paper size and media type to be loaded in the rear tray, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and media type are displayed.
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel print
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the rear tray registered on the printer match.
430
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
431
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
432
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
433
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
434
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure FINE cartridge holder motion is not impeded by protective material, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to FINE cartridge holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film
(A) or white belt (B).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
• Make sure the FINE cartridges are properly installed.
Press down the ink cartridge locking cover until it clicks into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
435
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
436
5B02
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
• In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print or scan.
437
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause.
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
438
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
439
|